blob: c4dbf5d46faa1080211c30a25d4428806f3f27bf [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000016#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000020#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000024#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000025#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000026#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +000027#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000028#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000029#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000030#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000032#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000033#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000034#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000036#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000037#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000038
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000039using namespace clang;
40
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000045unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000047unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000049unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000051unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
53
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000054enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000055 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000056};
57
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000058RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000059 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
60 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
61 CommentsLoaded = true;
62 }
63
64 assert(D);
65
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000066 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
67 if (D->isImplicit())
68 return NULL;
69
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000070 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
71 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
72 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
73 return NULL;
74 }
75
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000076 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
77 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
78 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
79 return NULL;
80 }
81
82 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
83 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
84 return NULL;
85 }
86
87 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
88 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
89 return NULL;
90 }
91
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000092 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
93 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
94 return NULL;
95
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +000096 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
97 // documentation.
98 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
99 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
100 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
101 return NULL;
102
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000103 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000104
105 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
106 if (RawComments.empty())
107 return NULL;
108
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000109 // Find declaration location.
110 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
111 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
112 // location".
113 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
114 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
115 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
116 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000117 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000118 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
119 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000120 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
121 else
122 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
123
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000124 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
125 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000126 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
127 return NULL;
128
129 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000130 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
131 {
132 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
133 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
134 // first.
135 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc));
136 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
137 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
138 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
139 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
140 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
141 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
142 }
143
144 if (Found) {
145 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
146 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
147 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
148 } else {
149 // Slow path.
150 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
151 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
152 }
153 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000154
155 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
156 // file buffer.
157 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
158
159 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
160 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000161 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko44cd7e62012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000162 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000163 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000164 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000165 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
166 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
167 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
168 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
169 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
170 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000171 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000172 }
173 }
174
175 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
176 // Let's look at the previous comment.
177 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
178 return NULL;
179 --Comment;
180
181 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000182 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000183 return NULL;
184
185 // Decompose the end of the comment.
186 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000187 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000188
189 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
190 // aren't related.
191 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
192 return NULL;
193
194 // Get the corresponding buffer.
195 bool Invalid = false;
196 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
197 &Invalid).data();
198 if (Invalid)
199 return NULL;
200
201 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
202 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
203 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
204
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000205 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
206 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000207 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000208 return NULL;
209
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000210 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000211}
212
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000213namespace {
214/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
215/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000216/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000217const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000218 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000219 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000220 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000221 return FTD;
222
223 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
224 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
225 return D;
226
227 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
228 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
229 return FTD;
230
231 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
232 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
233 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
234 return MemberDecl;
235
236 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000237 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000238 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
239 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
240 // template?
241 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
242 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
243 return MemberDecl;
244
245 return D;
246 }
247 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
248 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
249 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250 return CTD;
251
252 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
253 // specialization?
254 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
255 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
256 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
257 return D;
258 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
259 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
260 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
261 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
262 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
263 static_cast<const Decl*>(
264 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
265 }
266
267 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
268 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
269 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
270 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
271
272 return D;
273 }
274 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
275 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
276 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
277 return MemberDecl;
278
279 return D;
280 }
281 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000282 return D;
283}
284} // unnamed namespace
285
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000286const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
287 const Decl *D,
288 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000289 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000290
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000291 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
292 {
293 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
294 RedeclComments.find(D);
295 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
296 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000297 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
298 if (OriginalDecl)
299 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000300 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000301 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000302 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000303 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000304
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000305 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
306 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000307 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000308 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
309 E = D->redecls_end();
310 I != E; ++I) {
311 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
312 RedeclComments.find(*I);
313 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
314 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
315 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
316 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000317 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000318 break;
319 }
320 } else {
321 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000322 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000323 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
324 if (RC) {
325 Raw.setRaw(RC);
326 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
327 } else
328 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000329 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000330 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
331 if (RC)
332 break;
333 }
334 }
335
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000336 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
337 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000338
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000339 if (OriginalDecl)
340 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
341
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000342 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
343 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
344 Raw.setRaw(RC);
345 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000346 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000347
348 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
349 E = D->redecls_end();
350 I != E; ++I) {
351 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
352 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
353 R = Raw;
354 }
355
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000356 return RC;
357}
358
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000359static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
360 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
361 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
362 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
363 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
364 if (!ID)
365 return;
366 // Add redeclared method here.
367 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = ID->getFirstClassExtension();
368 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
369 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
370 ClsExtDecl->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
371 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
372 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
373 }
374 }
375}
376
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000377comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
378 const Decl *D) const {
379 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
380 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
381 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
382 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
383 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
384 comments::FullComment *CFC =
385 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
386 ThisDeclInfo);
387 return CFC;
388
389}
390
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000391comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
392 const Decl *D,
393 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000394 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000395
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000396 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
397 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
398 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000399
400 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000401 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000402 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000403 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000404 return CFC;
405 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000406 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000407 }
408
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000409 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000410
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000411 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000412 if (!RC) {
413 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000414 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000415 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000416 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
417 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
418 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) {
419 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000420 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000421 return CFC;
422 }
423 }
424 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000425 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000426 }
427
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000428 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
429 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
430 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
431 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000432 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000433 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000434
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000435 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000436 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
437 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000438}
439
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000440void
441ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
442 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
443 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
444 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000445 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000446
447 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
448 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
449 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
450 PEnd = Params->end();
451 P != PEnd; ++P) {
452 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
453 ID.AddInteger(0);
454 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
455 continue;
456 }
457
458 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
459 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000460 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000461 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000462 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
463 ID.AddBoolean(true);
464 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000465 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
466 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
467 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
468 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000469 } else
470 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000471 continue;
472 }
473
474 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
475 ID.AddInteger(2);
476 Profile(ID, TTP);
477 }
478}
479
480TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
481ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000482 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000483 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
484 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
485 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
486 void *InsertPos = 0;
487 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
488 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
489 if (Canonical)
490 return Canonical->getParam();
491
492 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
493 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000494 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000495 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
496 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
497 PEnd = Params->end();
498 P != PEnd; ++P) {
499 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
500 CanonParams.push_back(
501 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000502 SourceLocation(),
503 SourceLocation(),
504 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000505 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
506 TTP->isParameterPack()));
507 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000508 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
509 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
510 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
511 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
512 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000513 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
514 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000515 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
516 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
517 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
518 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
519 }
520
521 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000522 SourceLocation(),
523 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000524 NTTP->getDepth(),
525 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
526 T,
527 TInfo,
528 ExpandedTypes.data(),
529 ExpandedTypes.size(),
530 ExpandedTInfos.data());
531 } else {
532 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000533 SourceLocation(),
534 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000535 NTTP->getDepth(),
536 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
537 T,
538 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
539 TInfo);
540 }
541 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
542
543 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000544 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
545 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
546 }
547
548 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
549 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
550 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000551 TTP->getPosition(),
552 TTP->isParameterPack(),
553 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000554 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
555 SourceLocation(),
556 CanonParams.data(),
557 CanonParams.size(),
558 SourceLocation()));
559
560 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
561 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
562 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
563 (void)Canonical;
564
565 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
566 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
567 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
568 return CanonTTP;
569}
570
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000571CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000572 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
573
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000574 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000575 case CXXABI_ARM:
576 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
577 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000578 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000579 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
580 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
581 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000582 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000583}
584
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000585static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000586 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
587 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
588 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
589 // language-specific address space.
590 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
591 1, // opencl_global
592 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000593 3, // opencl_constant
594 4, // cuda_device
595 5, // cuda_constant
596 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000597 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000598 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000599 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000600 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000601 }
602}
603
Douglas Gregor7018d5b2011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000604ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000605 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000606 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000607 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000608 unsigned size_reserve,
609 bool DelayInitialization)
610 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
611 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
612 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
613 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
614 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
615 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000616 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000617 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanianf2578572012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000618 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000619 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000620 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000621 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
622 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
623 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000624 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
625 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000626 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000627 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000628 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
629 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
630 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000631 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000632 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenko7acbf002012-09-10 20:32:42 +0000633 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000634 LastSDM(0, 0),
635 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
636{
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000638 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000639
640 if (!DelayInitialization) {
641 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
642 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
643 }
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000644}
645
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000646ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000647 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
648 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
649 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000650
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000651 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
652 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
653 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000654
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000655 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000656 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
657 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
658 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
659 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
660 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
661 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
662 R->Destroy(*this);
663
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000664 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
665 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
666 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
667 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
668 R->Destroy(*this);
669 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000670
671 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
672 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
673 A != AEnd; ++A)
674 A->second->~AttrVec();
675}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000676
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000677void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
678 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
679}
680
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000681void
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000682ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000683 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
684}
685
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000686void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000687 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
688 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000689
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000690 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000691#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000692#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
693#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
694 0 // Extra
695 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000696
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000697 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
698 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000699 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000700 }
701
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000702 unsigned Idx = 0;
703 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
704#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
705 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000706 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
707 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000708 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
709 ++Idx;
710#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
711#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000712
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000713 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
714
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000715 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000716 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
717 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
718 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
719 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
720 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
721 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000723 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
724 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
725 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
726 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
727 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
728 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000730 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
731 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
732 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
733 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
734 << NumImplicitDestructors
735 << " implicit destructors created\n";
736
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000737 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000738 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000739 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
740 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000741
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000742 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000743}
744
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000745TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
746 if (!Int128Decl) {
747 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
748 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
749 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
750 SourceLocation(),
751 SourceLocation(),
752 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
753 TInfo);
754 }
755
756 return Int128Decl;
757}
758
759TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
760 if (!UInt128Decl) {
761 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
762 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
763 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
764 SourceLocation(),
765 SourceLocation(),
766 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
767 TInfo);
768 }
769
770 return UInt128Decl;
771}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000772
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000773void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000774 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000775 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000776 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000777}
778
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000779void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
780 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
781 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000782 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000783
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000784 this->Target = &Target;
785
786 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
787 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
788
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000789 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000790 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000791
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000792 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000793 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000794 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000795 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000796 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
797 else
798 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000799 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000800 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
801 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
802 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
803 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
804 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000805
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000806 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000807 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
808 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
809 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
810 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
811 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000813 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000814 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
815 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
816 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000817
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000818 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
819 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
820 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
821
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000822 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000823 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000824 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
825 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
826 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000827 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000828 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000829
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000830 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
831
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000832 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
833 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
834 else // C99
835 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
836
837 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
838 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
839 else // C99
840 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
841
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000842 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
843 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
844 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
845 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
846 // expressions.
847 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000848
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000849 // Placeholder type for functions.
850 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
851
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000852 // Placeholder type for bound members.
853 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
854
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000855 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
856 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
857
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000858 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
859 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
860
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000861 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
862 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
863
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000864 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
865 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
866
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000867 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000868 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
869 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
870 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000871
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000872 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000873 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
874 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000875 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000876
877 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000878 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
879 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000880
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000881 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000882
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000883 // void * type
884 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000885
886 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
887 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000888
889 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
890 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000891
892 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
893 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000894}
895
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000896DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000897 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
898}
899
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000900AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
901 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
902 if (!Result) {
903 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
904 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
905 }
906
907 return *Result;
908}
909
910/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
911void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
912 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
913 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
914 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
915 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
916 }
917}
918
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000919MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000920ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000921 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000922 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000923 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
924 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
925 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000926
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000927 return Pos->second;
928}
929
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000930void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000931ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000932 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
933 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000934 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
935 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
936 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
937 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000938 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000939 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000940}
941
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000942FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
943 const FunctionDecl *FD){
944 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
945 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000946 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
947 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000948 return 0;
949
950 return Pos->second;
951}
952
953void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
954 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
955 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
956 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000957 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000958}
959
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000960NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000961ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000962 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000963 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
964 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000965 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000966
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000967 return Pos->second;
968}
969
970void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000971ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
972 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
973 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
974 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
975 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
976 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
977 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
978}
979
980UsingShadowDecl *
981ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
982 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
983 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
984 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
985 return 0;
986
987 return Pos->second;
988}
989
990void
991ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
992 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
993 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
994 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000995}
996
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000997FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
998 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
999 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1000 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1001 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001002
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001003 return Pos->second;
1004}
1005
1006void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1007 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1008 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1009 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1010 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1011 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001012
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001013 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1014}
1015
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001016bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1017 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1018 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001019 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001020}
1021
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001022bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1023 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1024 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001025 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1026 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001027}
1028
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001029bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1030 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1031 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001032 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1033 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001034}
1035
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001036bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001037 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1038 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001039 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001040}
1041
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001042bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001043 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1044 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001045 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001046}
1047
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001048ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1049ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1050 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001051 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001052 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1053 return 0;
1054
1055 return Pos->second.begin();
1056}
1057
1058ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1059ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1060 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001061 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001062 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1063 return 0;
1064
1065 return Pos->second.end();
1066}
1067
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001068unsigned
1069ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1070 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001071 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001072 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1073 return 0;
1074
1075 return Pos->second.size();
1076}
1077
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001078void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1079 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001080 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001081 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1082}
1083
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001084void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1085 const NamedDecl *D,
1086 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001087 assert(D);
1088
1089 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001090 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(),
1091 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001092 return;
1093 }
1094
1095 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1096 if (!Method)
1097 return;
1098
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001099 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1100 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001101 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001102}
1103
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001104void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1105 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1106 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1107 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1108 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1109 LastLocalImport = Import;
1110 return;
1111 }
1112
1113 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1114 LastLocalImport = Import;
1115}
1116
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1118// Type Sizing and Analysis
1119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001120
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001121/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1122/// scalar floating point type.
1123const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001124 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001125 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1126 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001127 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001128 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001129 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1130 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1131 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001132 }
1133}
1134
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001135/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001136/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1137/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001138/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1139/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001140CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001141 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001142
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001143 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1144 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1145 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001146
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001147 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1148 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1149 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1150 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001151 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001152 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1153 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1154 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1155 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1156 } else {
1157 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1158 }
1159 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001160 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1161 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1162 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1163 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001164
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001165 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1166 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001167 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001168 // do nothing
1169
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001170 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001171 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001172 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001173 if (RefAsPointee)
1174 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1175 else
1176 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1177 }
1178 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001179 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1180 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001181 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001182 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1183 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1184 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001185 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001186 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1187 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001188 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001189
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001190 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1191 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1192 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001193 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001194 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001195
1196 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1197 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1198 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1199 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1200 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1201 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1202 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1203 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1204
1205 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001206 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001207
1208 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1209 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1210 if (offset > 0) {
1211 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1212 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1213 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1214 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1215 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1216 }
1217
1218 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001219 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001220 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001221
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001222 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001223}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001225// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1226// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1227// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1228// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1229std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1230ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1231 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1232
1233 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1234 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1235 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1236 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1237 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1238 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1239 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1240 }
1241 }
1242
1243 return sizeAndAlign;
1244}
1245
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001246std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001247ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001248 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001249 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1250 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001251}
1252
1253std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001254ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001255 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1256}
1257
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001258std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1259 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1260 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1261 return it->second;
1262
1263 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1264 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1265 return Info;
1266}
1267
1268/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1269/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001270///
1271/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1272/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1273/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001274std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001275ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001276 uint64_t Width=0;
1277 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001278 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001279#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1280#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001281#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001282#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1283#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001284 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001285
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001286 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1287 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001288 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1289 Width = 0;
1290 Align = 32;
1291 break;
1292
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001293 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001294 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001295 Width = 0;
1296 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1297 break;
1298
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001299 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001300 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001302 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001303 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001304 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1305 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001306 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001307 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001308 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001309 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001310 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001311 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001312 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001313 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1314 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1315 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001316 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001317 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1318 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001319 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001320 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1321 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1322 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001323 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1324 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1325 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1326 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001327 break;
1328 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001329
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001330 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001331 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001332 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001333 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001334 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1335 Width = 0;
1336 Align = 8;
1337 break;
1338
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001339 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001340 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1341 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001342 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001343 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1344 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1345 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001346 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001347 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1348 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001349 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001350 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1351 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001352 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1353 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001354 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001355 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001356 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1357 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001358 break;
1359 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001360 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1361 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001362 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001363 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001364 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001365 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1366 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001367 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001368 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001369 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001370 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1371 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001372 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001373 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001374 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001375 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1376 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001377 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001378 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001379 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001380 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1381 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001382 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001383 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1384 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1385 Width = 128;
1386 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1387 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001388 case BuiltinType::Half:
1389 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1390 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1391 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001392 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001393 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1394 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001395 break;
1396 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001397 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1398 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001399 break;
1400 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001401 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1402 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001403 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001404 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001405 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1406 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001407 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001408 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1409 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1410 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001411 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1412 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001413 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001414 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001415 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001416 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001417 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1418 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001419 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001420 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001421 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1422 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001423 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1424 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001425 break;
1426 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001427 case Type::LValueReference:
1428 case Type::RValueReference: {
1429 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1430 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001431 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1432 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001433 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1434 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001435 break;
1436 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001437 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001438 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1440 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001441 break;
1442 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001443 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001444 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001445 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001446 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001447 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001448 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
1449 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001450 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001451 case Type::Complex: {
1452 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1453 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001454 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001455 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001456 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001457 Align = EltInfo.second;
1458 break;
1459 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001460 case Type::ObjCObject:
1461 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001462 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001463 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001464 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001465 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001466 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001467 break;
1468 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001469 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001470 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001471 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1472
1473 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001474 Width = 8;
1475 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001476 break;
1477 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001478
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001479 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001480 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1481
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001482 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001483 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001484 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001485 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001486 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001487 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001488
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001489 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001490 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1491 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001492
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001493 case Type::Auto: {
1494 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1495 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001496 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001497 }
1498
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001499 case Type::Paren:
1500 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1501
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001502 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001503 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001504 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1505 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001506 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1507 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1508 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1509 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1510 Align = AttrAlign;
1511 else
1512 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001513 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001514 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001515 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001516
1517 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1518 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1519 .getTypePtr());
1520
1521 case Type::TypeOf:
1522 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1523
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001524 case Type::Decltype:
1525 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1526 .getTypePtr());
1527
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001528 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1529 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1530
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001531 case Type::Elaborated:
1532 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001533
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001534 case Type::Attributed:
1535 return getTypeInfo(
1536 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1537
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001538 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001539 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001540 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001541 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1542 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1543 // aligned attribute on it.
1544 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1545 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1546 else
1547 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1548 }
1549
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001550 case Type::Atomic: {
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001551 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1552 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1553 Width = Info.first;
1554 Align = Info.second;
1555 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() &&
1556 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) {
1557 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this
1558 // type; promote the alignment appropriately.
1559 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well...
1560 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have
1561 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit
1562 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.)
1563 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1564 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001565 }
1566
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001567 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001569 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001570 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001571}
1572
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001573/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1574CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1575 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1576}
1577
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001578/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1579int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1580 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1581}
1582
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001583/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1584/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001585CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001586 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001587}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001588CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001589 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001590}
1591
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001592/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001593/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001594CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001595 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001596}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001597CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001598 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001599}
1600
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001601/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1602/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1603/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1604/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001605unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001606 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001607
1608 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001609 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001610 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1611 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001612 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1613 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001614 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1615
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001616 return ABIAlign;
1617}
1618
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001619/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1620/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1621/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1622/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1623/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001624///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001625void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1626 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001627 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001628 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1629 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1630 if (!leafClass) {
1631 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1632 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001633 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001634 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001636 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001637 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1638 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1639 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001640}
1641
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001642/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1643/// those inherited by it.
1644void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001645 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001646 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001647 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1648 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1649 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1650 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001651 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001652 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001653 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001654 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001655 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001656 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1657 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001658 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001659
1660 // Categories of this Interface.
1661 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1662 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1663 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1664 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1665 while (SD) {
1666 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1667 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1668 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001669 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001670 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001671 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1672 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001673 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001674 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1675 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1676 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1677 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001678 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001679 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1680 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1681 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001682 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001683 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1684 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1685 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1686 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001687 }
1688}
1689
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001690unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001691 unsigned count = 0;
1692 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001693 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1694 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001695 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1696
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001697 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1698 // includes synthesized ivars.
1699 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001700 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1701
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001702 return count;
1703}
1704
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001705bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1706 if (!E)
1707 return false;
1708
1709 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1710 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1711
1712 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1713 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1714 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1715 return true;
1716
1717 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1718 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1719
1720 return false;
1721}
1722
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001723/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1724ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1725 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1726 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1727 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1728 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1729 return 0;
1730}
1731/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1732ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1733 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1734 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1735 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1736 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1737 return 0;
1738}
1739
1740/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1741void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1742 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1743 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1744 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1745}
1746/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1747void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1748 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1749 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1750 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1751}
1752
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001753ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const {
1754 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1755 return ID;
1756 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1757 return CD->getClassInterface();
1758 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
1759 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1760
1761 return 0;
1762}
1763
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001764/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1765/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001766Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001767 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1768 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1769 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001770 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001771 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001772 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1773}
1774
1775/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1776void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1777 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001778 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1779 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001780 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1781}
1782
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001783TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001784 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001785 if (!DataSize)
1786 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1787 else
1788 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001789 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001790
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1792 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1793 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1794 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001795}
1796
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001797TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001798 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001799 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001800 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001801 return DI;
1802}
1803
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001804const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001805ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001806 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1807}
1808
1809const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001810ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1811 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001812 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1813}
1814
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001815//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1816// Type creation/memoization methods
1817//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1818
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001819QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001820ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1821 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1822 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001823
1824 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1825 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001826 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1827 void *insertPos = 0;
1828 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1829 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1830 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001831 }
1832
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001833 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1834 QualType canon;
1835 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1836 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001837 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1838 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001839
1840 // Re-find the insert position.
1841 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1842 }
1843
1844 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1845 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1846 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001847}
1848
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001849QualType
1850ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001851 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1852 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001853 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001854
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001855 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1856 // into one ExtQuals node.
1857 QualifierCollector Quals;
1858 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001860 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1861 // another one.
1862 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1863 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1864 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001866 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001867}
1868
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001869QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001870 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001871 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001872 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001873 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001874
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001875 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1876 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001877 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001878 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1879 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1880 }
1881 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001883 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1884 // into one ExtQuals node.
1885 QualifierCollector Quals;
1886 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001887
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001888 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1889 // another one.
1890 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1891 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1892 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001893
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001894 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001895}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001896
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001897const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1898 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1899 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1900 return T;
1901
1902 QualType Result;
1903 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1904 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1905 } else {
1906 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1907 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1908 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1909 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1910 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1911 }
1912
1913 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1914}
1915
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001916/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1917/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001918QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001919 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1920 // structure.
1921 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1922 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001924 void *InsertPos = 0;
1925 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1926 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001927
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001928 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1929 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1930 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001931 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001932 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001934 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1935 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001936 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001937 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001938 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001939 Types.push_back(New);
1940 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1941 return QualType(New, 0);
1942}
1943
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001944/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1945/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001946QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001947 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1948 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001949 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001950 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001952 void *InsertPos = 0;
1953 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001954 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001956 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1957 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001958 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001959 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001960 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001962 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1963 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001964 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001965 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001966 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001967 Types.push_back(New);
1968 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001969 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001970}
1971
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001973/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001974QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001975 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1976 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001977 // structure.
1978 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1979 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001980
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001981 void *InsertPos = 0;
1982 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1983 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1984 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985
1986 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001987 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1988 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001989 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001990 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001992 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1993 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1994 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001995 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001996 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001997 BlockPointerType *New
1998 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001999 Types.push_back(New);
2000 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2001 return QualType(New, 0);
2002}
2003
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002004/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2005/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002006QualType
2007ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002008 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2009 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2010
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002011 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2012 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002013 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002014 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002015
2016 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002017 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2018 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002019 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002020
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002021 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2022
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002023 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2024 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2025 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002026 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2027 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2028 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002029
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002030 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002031 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2032 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002033 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002034 }
2035
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002036 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002037 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2038 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002039 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002040 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002041
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002042 return QualType(New, 0);
2043}
2044
2045/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2046/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002047QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002048 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2049 // structure.
2050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002051 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002052
2053 void *InsertPos = 0;
2054 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2055 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2056 return QualType(RT, 0);
2057
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002058 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2059
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002060 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2061 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2062 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002063 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2064 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2065 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002066
2067 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2068 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2069 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002070 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002071 }
2072
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002073 RValueReferenceType *New
2074 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002075 Types.push_back(New);
2076 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002077 return QualType(New, 0);
2078}
2079
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002080/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2081/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002082QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002083 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2084 // structure.
2085 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2086 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2087
2088 void *InsertPos = 0;
2089 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2090 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2091 return QualType(PT, 0);
2092
2093 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2094 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2095 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002096 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002097 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2098
2099 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2100 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2101 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002102 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002103 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002104 MemberPointerType *New
2105 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002106 Types.push_back(New);
2107 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2108 return QualType(New, 0);
2109}
2110
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002111/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002112/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002113QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002114 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002115 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002116 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002117 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2118 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002119 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2120
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002121 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2122 // the target.
2123 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002124 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002125 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002126
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002127 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002128 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002129
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002130 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002132 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002133 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002135 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2136 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2137 QualType Canon;
2138 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2139 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002140 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002141 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002142 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002143
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002144 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002146 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002147 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002148 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002150 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002151 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002152 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002153 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002154 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002155}
2156
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002157/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2158/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2159/// sizes replaced with [*].
2160QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2161 // Vastly most common case.
2162 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002163
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002164 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002165
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002166 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002167 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002168 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2169#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2170#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2171#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2172#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2173 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2174
2175 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2176 case Type::Builtin:
2177 case Type::Complex:
2178 case Type::Vector:
2179 case Type::ExtVector:
2180 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2181 case Type::ObjCObject:
2182 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2183 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2184 case Type::Record:
2185 case Type::Enum:
2186 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2187 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2188 case Type::TypeOf:
2189 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002190 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002191 case Type::DependentName:
2192 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2193 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2194 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2195 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2196 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002197 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002198 case Type::PackExpansion:
2199 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2200
2201 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2202 // further decay.
2203 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2204 case Type::FunctionProto:
2205 case Type::BlockPointer:
2206 case Type::MemberPointer:
2207 return type;
2208
2209 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2210 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2211 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2212 // optimizations available here.
2213 case Type::Pointer:
2214 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2215 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2216 break;
2217
2218 case Type::LValueReference: {
2219 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2220 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2221 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2222 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2223 break;
2224 }
2225
2226 case Type::RValueReference: {
2227 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2228 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2229 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2230 break;
2231 }
2232
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002233 case Type::Atomic: {
2234 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2235 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2236 break;
2237 }
2238
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002239 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2240 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2241 result = getConstantArrayType(
2242 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2243 cat->getSize(),
2244 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2245 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2246 break;
2247 }
2248
2249 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2250 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2251 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2252 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2253 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2254 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2255 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2256 dat->getBracketsRange());
2257 break;
2258 }
2259
2260 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2261 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2262 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2263 result = getVariableArrayType(
2264 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2265 /*size*/ 0,
2266 ArrayType::Normal,
2267 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2268 SourceRange());
2269 break;
2270 }
2271
2272 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2273 case Type::VariableArray: {
2274 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2275 result = getVariableArrayType(
2276 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2277 /*size*/ 0,
2278 ArrayType::Star,
2279 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2280 vat->getBracketsRange());
2281 break;
2282 }
2283 }
2284
2285 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002286 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002287}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002288
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002289/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2290/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002291QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2292 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002293 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002294 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002295 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002296 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2297 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002298 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002299
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002300 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2301 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2302 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002303 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002304 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002305 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002306 }
2307
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002308 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002309 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002310
2311 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2312 Types.push_back(New);
2313 return QualType(New, 0);
2314}
2315
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002316/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2317/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002318/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002319QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2320 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002321 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002322 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2323 SourceRange brackets) const {
2324 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2325 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002326 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2327
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002328 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2329 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2330 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2331 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2332 if (!numElements) {
2333 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2334 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2335 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2336 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2337 brackets);
2338 Types.push_back(newType);
2339 return QualType(newType, 0);
2340 }
2341
2342 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2343 // also build a canonical type.
2344
2345 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2346
2347 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002348 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002349 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002350 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002351 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002352
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002353 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2354 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2355 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002356
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002357 // If we don't have one, build one.
2358 if (!canonTy) {
2359 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002360 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002361 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2362 brackets);
2363 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2364 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002365 }
2366
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002367 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2368 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002369 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002370
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002371 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2372 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002373 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002374 return canon;
2375
2376 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2377 // of the element type.
2378 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2379 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2380 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2381 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2382 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2383 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002384}
2385
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002386QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002387 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002388 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002390 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002391
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002392 void *insertPos = 0;
2393 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2394 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2395 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002396
2397 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002398 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2399 // qualifiers off the element type.
2400 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002401
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002402 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2403 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002404 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002405 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002406 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002407
2408 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002409 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2410 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2411 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002412 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002413
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002414 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2415 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002416
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002417 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2418 Types.push_back(newType);
2419 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002420}
2421
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002422/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2423/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002424QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002425 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002426 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002427
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002428 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2429 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002430 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002431
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002432 void *InsertPos = 0;
2433 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2434 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2435
2436 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2437 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2438 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002439 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002440 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002442 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2443 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002444 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002445 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002446 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002447 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002448 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2449 Types.push_back(New);
2450 return QualType(New, 0);
2451}
2452
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002453/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002454/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002455QualType
2456ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002457 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002459 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2460 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002461 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002462 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002463 void *InsertPos = 0;
2464 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2465 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2466
2467 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2468 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2469 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002470 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002471 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002473 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2474 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002475 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002476 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002477 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2478 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002479 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2480 Types.push_back(New);
2481 return QualType(New, 0);
2482}
2483
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002484QualType
2485ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2486 Expr *SizeExpr,
2487 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002488 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002490 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002492 void *InsertPos = 0;
2493 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2494 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2495 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2496 if (Canon) {
2497 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2498 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002499 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2500 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2501 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002502 } else {
2503 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2504 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002505 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2506 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2507 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002508
2509 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2510 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2511 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2512 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002513 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2514 } else {
2515 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2516 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002517 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2518 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002519 }
2520 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002521
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002522 Types.push_back(New);
2523 return QualType(New, 0);
2524}
2525
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002526/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002527///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002528QualType
2529ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2530 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002531 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2532 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2533 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002534 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2535 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002537 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002538
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002539 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002540 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002541 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002542 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002543
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002544 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002545 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002546 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002547 Canonical =
2548 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2549 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002551 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002552 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2553 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002554 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002555 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002557 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002558 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002559 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002560 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002561 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002562 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002563}
2564
2565/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2566/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002567QualType
2568ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2569 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2570 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002571 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2572 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002574 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002575
2576 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002578 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002579 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002580
2581 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002582 bool isCanonical =
2583 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() &&
2584 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002585 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002586 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002587 isCanonical = false;
2588
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002589 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2590 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2591 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002592
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002593 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002594 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002595 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002596 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002597 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002598 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2599 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002600 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002601
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002602 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002603 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002604 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2605 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002606 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2607 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2608
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002609 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002610 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002611 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002612
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002613 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002614 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2615 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002616 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002617 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002618
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002619 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2620 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2621 // - parameter types
2622 // - exception types
2623 // - consumed-arguments flags
2624 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002625 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2626 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002627 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002628 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002629 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002630 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002631 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002632 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithf623c962012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002633 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002634 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002635 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2636 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002637 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002638 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2639 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2640
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002641 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002642 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2643 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002644 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002645 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002646 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002647 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002648}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002649
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002650#ifndef NDEBUG
2651static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2652 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2653 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2654 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2655 return true;
2656 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2657 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2658 return true;
2659 return false;
2660}
2661#endif
2662
2663/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2664/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2665QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002666 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002667 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2668 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2669 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002670 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002671 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2672 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2673 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2674 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002675 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002676 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002677 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2678 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002679 }
2680 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2681}
2682
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002683/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2684/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002685QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002686 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002687 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002688
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002689 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002690 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002691
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002692 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2693 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2694
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002695 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002696 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002697 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2698 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002699 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002700 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002701 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002702 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002703 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002704 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002705 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002706 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2707 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2708 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002709 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002710 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002711
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002712 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002713}
2714
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002715/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002716/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002717QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002718ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2719 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002720 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002721
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002722 if (Canonical.isNull())
2723 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002724 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002725 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002726 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2727 Types.push_back(newType);
2728 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002729}
2730
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002731QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002732 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2733
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002734 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002735 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2736 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2737
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002738 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2739 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2740 Types.push_back(newType);
2741 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002742}
2743
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002744QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002745 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2746
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002747 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002748 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2749 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2750
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002751 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2752 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2753 Types.push_back(newType);
2754 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002755}
2756
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002757QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2758 QualType modifiedType,
2759 QualType equivalentType) {
2760 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2761 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2762
2763 void *insertPos = 0;
2764 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2765 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2766
2767 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2768 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2769 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2770
2771 Types.push_back(type);
2772 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2773
2774 return QualType(type, 0);
2775}
2776
2777
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002778/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2779QualType
2780ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002781 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002782 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002783 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2784
2785 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2786 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2787 void *InsertPos = 0;
2788 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2789 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2790
2791 if (!SubstParm) {
2792 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2793 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2794 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2795 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2796 }
2797
2798 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2799}
2800
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002801/// \brief Retrieve a
2802QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2803 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2804 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2805#ifndef NDEBUG
2806 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2807 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2808 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2809 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2810 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2811 }
2812#endif
2813
2814 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2815 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2816 void *InsertPos = 0;
2817 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2818 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2819 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2820
2821 QualType Canon;
2822 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2823 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2824 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2825 ArgPack);
2826 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2827 }
2828
2829 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2830 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2831 ArgPack);
2832 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2833 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2834 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2835}
2836
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002837/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002838/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002839/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002841 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002842 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002843 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002844 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002845 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002847 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2848
2849 if (TypeParm)
2850 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002851
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002852 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002853 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002854 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002855
2856 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2857 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2858 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2859 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002860 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002861 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2862 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002863
2864 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2865 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2866
2867 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2868}
2869
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002870TypeSourceInfo *
2871ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2872 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2873 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002874 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002875 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2876 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002877 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002878
2879 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2880 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2881 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00002882 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002883 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2884 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2885 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2886 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2887 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2888 return DI;
2889}
2890
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002891QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002892ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002893 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002894 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002895 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2896 "No dependent template names here!");
2897
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002898 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2899
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002900 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002901 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2902 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2903 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2904
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002905 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002906 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002907}
2908
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002909#ifndef NDEBUG
2910static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
2911 unsigned NumArgs) {
2912 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2913 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
2914 return true;
2915
2916 return true;
2917}
2918#endif
2919
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002920QualType
2921ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002922 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2923 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002924 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002925 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2926 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002927 // Look through qualified template names.
2928 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2929 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002930
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002931 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002932 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2933 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002934 QualType CanonType;
2935 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2936 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2937 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002938 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
2939 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
2940 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
2941 "Caller must compute aliased type");
2942 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002943 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2944 NumArgs);
2945 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002946
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002947 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2948 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2949 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002950 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2951 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002952 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002953 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002955 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
2956 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002957
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002958 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002960}
2961
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002962QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002963ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2964 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002965 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002966 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2967 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002968
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002969 // Look through qualified template names.
2970 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2971 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002972
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002973 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2974 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002975 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002976 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2977 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2978 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2979
2980 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2981 // exists.
2982 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2983 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2984 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2985
2986 void *InsertPos = 0;
2987 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2988 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2989
2990 if (!Spec) {
2991 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2992 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2993 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2994 TypeAlignment);
2995 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2996 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002997 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002998 Types.push_back(Spec);
2999 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3000 }
3001
3002 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3003 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3004 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3005}
3006
3007QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003008ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3009 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003010 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003011 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003012 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003013
3014 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003015 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003016 if (T)
3017 return QualType(T, 0);
3018
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003019 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3020 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3021 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003022 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3023 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003024 (void)CheckT;
3025 }
3026
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003027 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003028 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003029 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003030 return QualType(T, 0);
3031}
3032
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003033QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003034ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003035 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3036 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3037
3038 void *InsertPos = 0;
3039 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3040 if (T)
3041 return QualType(T, 0);
3042
3043 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3044 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3045 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3046 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3047 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3048 (void)CheckT;
3049 }
3050
3051 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3052 Types.push_back(T);
3053 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3054 return QualType(T, 0);
3055}
3056
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003057QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3058 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3059 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003060 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003061 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3062
3063 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3064 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003065 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3066 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3067 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3068
3069 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3070 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003071 }
3072
3073 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003074 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003075
3076 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003077 DependentNameType *T
3078 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003079 if (T)
3080 return QualType(T, 0);
3081
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003082 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003083 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003084 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003086}
3087
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003089ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3090 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003092 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003093 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003094 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003095 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003096 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3097 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3098 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3099 ArgCopy.size(),
3100 ArgCopy.data());
3101}
3102
3103QualType
3104ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3105 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3106 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3107 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3108 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003109 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003110 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3111 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003112
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003113 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003114 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3115 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003116
3117 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003118 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3119 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003120 if (T)
3121 return QualType(T, 0);
3122
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003123 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003124
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003125 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3126 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3127
3128 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003129 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003130 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3131 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3132 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3133 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003134 }
3135
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003136 QualType Canon;
3137 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3138 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3139 Name, NumArgs,
3140 CanonArgs.data());
3141
3142 // Find the insert position again.
3143 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3144 }
3145
3146 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3147 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3148 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003149 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003150 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003151 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003152 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003154}
3155
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003156QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
3157 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003158 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003159 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003160
3161 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3162 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3163 void *InsertPos = 0;
3164 PackExpansionType *T
3165 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3166 if (T)
3167 return QualType(T, 0);
3168
3169 QualType Canon;
3170 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003171 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3172 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3173 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3174 // parameters.
3175 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3176 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003177
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003178 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3179 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3180 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3181 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003182 }
3183
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003184 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003185 Types.push_back(T);
3186 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3187 return QualType(T, 0);
3188}
3189
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003190/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3191/// alphabetically.
3192static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3193 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003194 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003195}
3196
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003197static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003198 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3199 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3200
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003201 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3202 return false;
3203
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003204 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003205 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3206 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003207 return false;
3208 return true;
3209}
3210
3211static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003212 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3213 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003214
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003215 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3216 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3217
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003218 // Canonicalize.
3219 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3220 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3221
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003222 // Remove duplicates.
3223 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3224 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3225}
3226
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003227QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3228 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003229 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003230 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3231 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3232 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3233 return BaseType;
3234
3235 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003237 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003238 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003239 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3240 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003241
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003242 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3243 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003244 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003245 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3246 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3247 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003248 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003249 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003250 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3251
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003252 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003253 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3254 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003255 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003256 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3257 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003258 }
3259
3260 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003261 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3262 }
3263
3264 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3265 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3266 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3267 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3268 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3269
3270 Types.push_back(T);
3271 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3272 return QualType(T, 0);
3273}
3274
3275/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3276/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003277QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003278 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3279 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3280
3281 void *InsertPos = 0;
3282 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3283 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3284 return QualType(QT, 0);
3285
3286 // Find the canonical object type.
3287 QualType Canonical;
3288 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3289 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3290
3291 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003292 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3293 }
3294
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003295 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003296 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3297 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3298 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003300 Types.push_back(QType);
3301 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003302 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003303}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003304
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003305/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3306/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003307QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3308 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003309 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3310 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003311
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003312 if (PrevDecl) {
3313 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3314 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3315 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3316 }
3317
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003318 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3319 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3320 Decl = Def;
3321
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003322 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3323 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3324 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3325 Types.push_back(T);
3326 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003327}
3328
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003329/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3330/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003331/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003332/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003333/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003334QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003335 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003336 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3337 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3338 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003340 void *InsertPos = 0;
3341 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3342 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3343 if (Canon) {
3344 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3345 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003346 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003347 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003348 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003349 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003350 Canon
3351 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003352 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3353 toe = Canon;
3354 }
3355 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003356 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003357 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003358 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003359 Types.push_back(toe);
3360 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003361}
3362
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003363/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3364/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3365/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003366/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003367/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003368QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003369 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003370 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003371 Types.push_back(tot);
3372 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003373}
3374
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003375
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003376/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3377/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3378/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie876657b2011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003380/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003381QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003382 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003383
3384 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3385 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3386 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3387 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3388 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3390 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003391
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003392 void *InsertPos = 0;
3393 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3394 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3395 if (Canon) {
3396 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3397 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smithef8bf432012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003398 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003399 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003400 } else {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003401 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003402 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003403 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3404 dt = Canon;
3405 }
3406 } else {
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003407 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3408 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003409 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003410 Types.push_back(dt);
3411 return QualType(dt, 0);
3412}
3413
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003414/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3415/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3416QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3417 QualType UnderlyingType,
3418 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3419 const {
3420 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003421 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3422 Kind,
3423 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003424 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003425 Types.push_back(Ty);
3426 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3427}
3428
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003429/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003430QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003431 void *InsertPos = 0;
3432 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3433 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3434 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3435 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
3436 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3437 return QualType(AT, 0);
3438 }
3439
3440 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
3441 Types.push_back(AT);
3442 if (InsertPos)
3443 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3444 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003445}
3446
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003447/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3448/// the given value type.
3449QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3450 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3451 // structure.
3452 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3453 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3454
3455 void *InsertPos = 0;
3456 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3457 return QualType(AT, 0);
3458
3459 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3460 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3461 QualType Canonical;
3462 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3463 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3464
3465 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3466 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3467 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3468 }
3469 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3470 Types.push_back(New);
3471 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3472 return QualType(New, 0);
3473}
3474
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003475/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3476QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3477 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3478 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3479 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3480 return AutoDeductTy;
3481}
3482
3483/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3484QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3485 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3486 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3487 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3488 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3489}
3490
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003491/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3492/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003493QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003494 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003495 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3496 // away const? mutable?
3497 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003498}
3499
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003500/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3501/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3502/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003503CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003504 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00003505}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003506
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003507/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3508CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3509 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3510}
3511
3512/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3513CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3514 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3515}
3516
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003517/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3518/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3519QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3520 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3521 return WCharTy;
3522}
3523
3524/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3525/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3526QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3527 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3528 return UnsignedIntTy;
3529}
3530
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003531/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003532/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3533QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003534 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003535}
3536
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003537/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3538/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3539QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3540 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3541}
3542
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003543//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3544// Type Operators
3545//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3546
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003547CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003548 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3549 // qualifiers.
3550 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003551 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003552 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003553 QualType Result;
3554 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3555 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3556 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3557 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3558 } else {
3559 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3560 }
3561
3562 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3563}
3564
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003565QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3566 Qualifiers &quals) {
3567 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3568
3569 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3570 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3571 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3572 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3573 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003574 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003575
3576 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003577 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003578 quals = splitType.Quals;
3579 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003580 }
3581
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003582 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3583 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3584 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3585
3586 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3587 // can just use the results in splitType.
3588 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3589 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003590 quals = splitType.Quals;
3591 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003592 }
3593
3594 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3595 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003596 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003597
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003598 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003599 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003600 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3601 }
3602
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003603 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003604 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003605 }
3606
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003607 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003608 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003609 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003610 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3611 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3612 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3613 }
3614
3615 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003616 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003617 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3618 SourceRange());
3619}
3620
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003621/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3622/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3623/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3624/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3625/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3626/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3627/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3628/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3629bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3630 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3631 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3632 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3633 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3634 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3635 return true;
3636 }
3637
3638 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3639 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3640 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3641 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3642 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3643 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3644 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3645 return true;
3646 }
3647
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003648 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003649 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3650 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3651 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3652 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3653 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3654 return true;
3655 }
3656 }
3657
3658 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3659
3660 return false;
3661}
3662
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003663DeclarationNameInfo
3664ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3665 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003666 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3667 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3668 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003669 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003670 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3671 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003672
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003673 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3674 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3675 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3676 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3677 }
3678
3679 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3680 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003681 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003682 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003683 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3684 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003685 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003686 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3687 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3688 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3689 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3690 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3691 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003692 }
3693 }
3694
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003695 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3696 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3697 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3698 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3699 NameLoc);
3700 }
3701
3702 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3703 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3704 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3705 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3706 NameLoc);
3707 }
3708 }
3709
3710 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003711}
3712
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003713TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003714 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3715 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3716 case TemplateName::Template: {
3717 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003718 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003719 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003720 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3721
3722 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003723 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003724 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003725
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003726 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3727 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003728
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003729 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3730 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3731 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3732 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3733 }
3734
3735 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3736 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3737 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3738 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3739 }
3740
3741 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3742 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3743 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3744 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3745 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3746 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3747 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3748 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3749 }
3750 }
3751
3752 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003753}
3754
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003755bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3756 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3757 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3758 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3759}
3760
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003761TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003762ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003763 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3764 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3765 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003766
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003767 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003768 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003769
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003770 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003771 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3772 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003773 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003774
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003775 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3776 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3777 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3778
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003779 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3780 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003781
3782 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3783 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3784 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003785 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003786
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003787 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003788 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003789
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003790 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003791 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003792
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003793 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003794 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3795 return Arg;
3796
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003797 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3798 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003799 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003800 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003801 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3802 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3803 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003804
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003805 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003806 }
3807 }
3808
3809 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003810 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003811}
3812
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003813NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003814ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003815 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003816 return 0;
3817
3818 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3819 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3820 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003821 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003822 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3823 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3824
3825 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3826 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3827 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003828 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3829 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3830
3831 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3832 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3833 // this namespace and no prefix.
3834 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3835 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3836 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003837
3838 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3839 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3840 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003841
3842 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3843 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3844 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3845 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3846 // types, e.g.,
3847 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3848 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003849 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3850 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003851 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003852
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003853 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
3854 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
3855 // first place?
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003856 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3857 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003858 }
3859
3860 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3861 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3862 return NNS;
3863 }
3864
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003865 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003866}
3867
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003868
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003869const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003870 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003871 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003872 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3873 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3874 return AT;
3875 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003877 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003878 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003879 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003881 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003882 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3883 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003884
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003885 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3886 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003887 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003889 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003890 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003891
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003892 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003893 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003894 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003895 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003896
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003897 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3898 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003899 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003901 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3902 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3903 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003904 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003905 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3906 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3907 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003908 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003909
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003910 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003911 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3912 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003913 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003914 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003915 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003916 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003917 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003919 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003920 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003921 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003922 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003923 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003924 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003925}
3926
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00003927QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00003928 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
3929 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
3930 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
3931 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
3932 // the array type derivation.
3933 if (T->isArrayType())
3934 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
3935
3936 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
3937 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
3938 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
3939 // in 6.3.2.1.
3940 if (T->isFunctionType())
3941 return getPointerType(T);
3942
3943 return T;
3944}
3945
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00003946QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00003947 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
3948 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
3949 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
3950}
3951
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003952/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3953/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3954/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3955/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3956///
3957/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003958QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003959 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3960 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3961 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3962 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3963 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3964 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003965
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003966 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003967
3968 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003969 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003970}
3971
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003972QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3973 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003974}
3975
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003976QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3977 Qualifiers qs;
3978 while (true) {
3979 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003980 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003981 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003983 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003984 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003985 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003986
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003987 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003988}
3989
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003990/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003992ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3993 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3994 do {
3995 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3996 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3997 } while (CA);
3998 return ElementCount;
3999}
4000
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004001/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4002/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004003static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004004 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004005 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004006
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004007 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4008 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004009 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004010 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004011 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4012 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4013 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004014 }
4015}
4016
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004017/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4018/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004019/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4020/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004021QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4022 QualType Domain) const {
4023 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4024 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4025 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004026 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004027 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4028 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4029 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4030 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004031 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004032
4033 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4034 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004035 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here");
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004036 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4037 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4038 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004039 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004040 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004041}
4042
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004043/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4044/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4045/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004047int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004048 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4049 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004050
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004051 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004052 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004053 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004054 return 1;
4055 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004056}
4057
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004058/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4059/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4060/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004061unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004062 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004063
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004064 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004065 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004066 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004067 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004068 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4069 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4070 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4071 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004072 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004073 case BuiltinType::Short:
4074 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004075 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004076 case BuiltinType::Int:
4077 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004078 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004079 case BuiltinType::Long:
4080 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004081 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004082 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4083 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004084 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004085 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4086 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4087 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004088 }
4089}
4090
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004091/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4092/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4093///
4094/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4095/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004096QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004097 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4098 return QualType();
4099
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004100 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4101 if (!Field)
4102 return QualType();
4103
4104 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4105
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004106 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004107 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4108 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4109 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4110 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4111 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4112 return IntTy;
4113
4114 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4115 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4116
4117 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4118 // like the base type.
4119 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4120 // is ridiculous.
4121 return QualType();
4122}
4123
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004124/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4125/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4126/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004127QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004128 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4129 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004130 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4131 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004132
4133 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4134 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4135 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4136 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4137 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4138 // unsigned long long int [...]
4139 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4140 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4141 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4142 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4143 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4144 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4145 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4146 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4147 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4148 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4149 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4150 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4151 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4152 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4153 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4154 }
4155 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4156 }
4157 }
4158
4159 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004160 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4161 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004162 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4163 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004164 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4165 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4166}
4167
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004168/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4169/// type and returns its ownership.
4170Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4171 while (!T.isNull()) {
4172 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4173 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4174 if (T->isArrayType())
4175 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4176 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4177 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4178 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004179 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004180 else
4181 break;
4182 }
4183
4184 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4185}
4186
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004187/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004188/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004190int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004191 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4192 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004193 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004194
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004195 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4196 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004198 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4199 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004201 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4202 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4203 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4204 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004206 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4207 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4208 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4209 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4210 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004211
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004212 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4213 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004214 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004215 return -1;
4216 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004217
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004218 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4219 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4220 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004221
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004222 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4223 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004225 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004226}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004227
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004228static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004229CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4230 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4231 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004232 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004233 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004234 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004235 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004236}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004237
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004238// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004239QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004240 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004241 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004242 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004243 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004244 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004245
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004246 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004248 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004249 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004250 // int flags;
4251 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004252 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004253 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004254 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004255 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4256
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004257 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004258 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004260 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004261 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004262 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004263 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004264 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004265 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004266 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004267 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004268 }
4269
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004270 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004271 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004273 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004274}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004275
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004276void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004277 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004278 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4279 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4280}
4281
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004282QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004283 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4284 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4285
4286 RecordDecl *T;
4287 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004288 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004289 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004290 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004291
4292 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4293 UnsignedLongTy,
4294 UnsignedLongTy,
4295 };
4296
4297 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4298 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004299 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004300 };
4301
4302 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004303 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004304 SourceLocation(),
4305 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004306 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004307 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004308 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004309 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004310 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004311 T->addDecl(Field);
4312 }
4313
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004314 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004315
4316 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4317
4318 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4319}
4320
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004321QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004322 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4323 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4324
4325 RecordDecl *T;
4326 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004327 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004328 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004329 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004330
4331 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4332 UnsignedLongTy,
4333 UnsignedLongTy,
4334 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4335 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4336 };
4337
4338 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4339 "reserved",
4340 "Size",
4341 "CopyFuncPtr",
4342 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4343 };
4344
4345 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004346 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004347 SourceLocation(),
4348 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004349 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004350 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004351 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004352 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004353 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004354 T->addDecl(Field);
4355 }
4356
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004357 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004358
4359 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4360
4361 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4362}
4363
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004364bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004365 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004366 return true;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004367 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004368 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4369 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +00004370 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004371
4372 }
4373 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004374 return false;
4375}
4376
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004377bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4378 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4379 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4380
4381 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4382 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4383 return false;
4384
4385 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
4386 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
4387 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4388 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4389 }
4390 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4391 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4392 // MRR.
4393 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4394 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4395 else
4396 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4397 return true;
4398}
4399
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004400QualType
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004401ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004402 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00004403 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004404 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00004405 // unsigned int __flags;
4406 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00004407 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
4408 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004409 // void *__byref_variable_layout; // Extended layout info. for byref variable as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004410 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00004411 // } *
4412
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004413 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004414 bool HasByrefExtendedLayout;
4415 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime Lifetime;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004416
4417 // FIXME: Move up
Dylan Noblesmith2c1dd272012-02-05 02:13:05 +00004418 SmallString<36> Name;
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00004419 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
4420 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004421 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004422 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004423 T->startDefinition();
4424 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
4425 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
4426 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4427 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4428 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
4429 Int32Ty,
4430 Int32Ty,
4431 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4432 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004433 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004434 Ty
4435 };
4436
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004437 StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004438 "__isa",
4439 "__forwarding",
4440 "__flags",
4441 "__size",
4442 "__copy_helper",
4443 "__destroy_helper",
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004444 "__byref_variable_layout",
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004445 DeclName,
4446 };
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004447 bool ByrefKnownLifetime = getByrefLifetime(Ty, Lifetime, HasByrefExtendedLayout);
4448 for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; ++i) {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004449 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
4450 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004451 if ((!ByrefKnownLifetime || !HasByrefExtendedLayout) && i == 6)
4452 continue;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004453 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004454 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004455 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004456 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004457 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004458 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004459 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004460 T->addDecl(Field);
4461 }
4462
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004463 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004464
4465 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00004466}
4467
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004468TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4469 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4470 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4471 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4472 SourceLocation(),
4473 SourceLocation(),
4474 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4475 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4476 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4477}
4478
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004479// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4480// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004481static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004482 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004483 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4484 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004486 return false;
4487}
4488
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004489/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004490/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004491CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004492 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4493 return CharUnits::Zero();
4494
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004495 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004496
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004497 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004498 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004499 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004500 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4501 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004502 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004503 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004504}
4505
4506static inline
4507std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4508 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004509}
4510
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004511/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004512/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004513std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4514 std::string S;
4515
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004516 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4517 QualType BlockTy =
4518 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4519 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004520 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004521 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4522 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4523 S, true /*Extended*/);
4524 else
4525 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4526 S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004527 // Compute size of all parameters.
4528 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4529 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4530 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004531 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4532 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004533 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004534 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4535 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004536 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004537 if (sz.isZero())
4538 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004539 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004540 ParmOffset += sz;
4541 }
4542 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004543 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004544 // Block pointer and offset.
4545 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004546
4547 // Argument types.
4548 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4549 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4550 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4551 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4552 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4553 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4554 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4555 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4556 // elements.
4557 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4558 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4559 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4560 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004561 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004562 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4563 S, true /*Extended*/);
4564 else
4565 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004566 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004567 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004568 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004569
4570 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004571}
4572
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004573bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004574 std::string& S) {
4575 // Encode result type.
4576 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4577 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4578 // Compute size of all parameters.
4579 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4580 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4581 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4582 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004583 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004584 continue;
4585
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004586 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004587 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004588 ParmOffset += sz;
4589 }
4590 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4591 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4592
4593 // Argument types.
4594 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4595 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4596 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4597 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4598 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4599 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4600 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4601 // elements.
4602 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4603 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4604 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4605 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4606 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4607 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4608 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4609 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004610
4611 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004612}
4613
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004614/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4615/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4616/// block object types.
4617void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4618 QualType T, std::string& S,
4619 bool Extended) const {
4620 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4621 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4622 // Encode parameter type.
4623 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4624 true /*OutermostType*/,
4625 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4626 false /*StructField*/,
4627 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4628 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4629}
4630
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004631/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004632/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004633bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004634 std::string& S,
4635 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004636 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004637 // Encode return type.
4638 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4639 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004640 // Compute size of all parameters.
4641 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4642 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4643 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004644 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004645 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4646 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004647 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004648 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004649 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004650 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004651 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004652 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004653 continue;
4654
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004655 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4656 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004657 ParmOffset += sz;
4658 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004659 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004660 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004661 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004663 // Argument types.
4664 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004665 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004666 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004667 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004669 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004670 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4671 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4672 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004673 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004674 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4675 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4676 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004677 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4678 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004679 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004680 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004681 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004682
4683 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004684}
4685
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004686/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004687/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004688/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4689/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004690/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4691/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4692/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4693/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4694/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004695/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4696/// @code
4697/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4698/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4699/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4700/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4701/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4702/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4703/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4704/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004705/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004706/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4707/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4708/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4709/// };
4710/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004711void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004712 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004713 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004714 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4715 bool Dynamic = false;
4716 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4717
4718 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4719 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004721 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4722 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004723 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004724 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004725 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004726 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4727 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4728 Dynamic = true;
4729 } else {
4730 SynthesizePID = PID;
4731 }
4732 }
4733 }
4734 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004735 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004736 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004737 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004738 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004739 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004740 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4741 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4742 Dynamic = true;
4743 } else {
4744 SynthesizePID = PID;
4745 }
4746 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004747 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004748 }
4749 }
4750
4751 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4752 S = "T";
4753
4754 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004755 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4756 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004757 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004758 true /* outermost type */,
4759 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004760
4761 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4762 S += ",R";
4763 } else {
4764 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4765 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4766 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004767 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004768 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004769 }
4770 }
4771
4772 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4773 // are "dynamic by default".
4774 if (Dynamic)
4775 S += ",D";
4776
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004777 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4778 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004779
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004780 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4781 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004782 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004783 }
4784
4785 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4786 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004787 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004788 }
4789
4790 if (SynthesizePID) {
4791 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4792 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004793 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004794 }
4795
4796 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4797}
4798
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004799/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004800/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4801/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004802/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4803///
4804void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004805 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004806 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004807 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004808 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004809 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004810 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004811 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4812 }
4813 }
4814}
4815
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004816void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004817 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004818 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4819 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4820 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4821 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004822 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004823 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004824}
4825
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004826static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4827 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004828 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004829 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4830 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4831 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4832 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4833 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4834 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4835 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004836 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004837 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4838 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4839 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4840 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4841 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004842 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4843 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004844 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4845 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004846 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004847 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4848 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4849 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4850 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004851 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004852 }
4853}
4854
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004855static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4856 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4857
4858 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4859 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4860 return 'i';
4861
4862 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
4863 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType());
4864}
4865
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004866static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004867 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004868 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004869 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004870 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4871 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4872 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4873 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4874 //
4875 // struct
4876 // {
4877 // int integer;
4878 // int flags:2;
4879 // };
4880 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4881 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4882 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4883 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4884 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00004885 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004886 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4887 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004888 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004889 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4890 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
David Chisnall6f0a7d22010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004891 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004892 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004893 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004894 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004895}
4896
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004897// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004898void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4899 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4900 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004901 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004902 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004903 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004904 bool StructField,
4905 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
4906 bool EncodeClassNames) const {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004907 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004908 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004909 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4910 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004911 return;
4912 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004913
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004914 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004915 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004917 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004918 return;
4919 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004920
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004921 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4922 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004923 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004924 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4925 S += ':';
4926 return;
4927 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004928 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4929 }
4930 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4931 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4932 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004933 bool isReadOnly = false;
4934 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4935 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4936 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004938 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004939 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4940 isReadOnly = true;
4941 S += 'r';
4942 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004943 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004944 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004945 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4946 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004947 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4948 isReadOnly = true;
4949 S += 'r';
4950 }
4951 }
4952 if (isReadOnly) {
4953 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4954 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4955 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004956 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004957 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004958 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004959
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004960 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4961 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4962 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004963 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004964 S += '*';
4965 return;
4966 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004967 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004968 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4969 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4970 S += '#';
4971 return;
4972 }
4973 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4974 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4975 S += '@';
4976 return;
4977 }
4978 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004979 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004980 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004981 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4982
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004983 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004984 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004985 return;
4986 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004987
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004988 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4989 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4990 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004991 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004992 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4993 S += '^';
4994
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004995 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004996 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4997 } else {
4998 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004999
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005000 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5001 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5002 S += '0';
5003 else
5004 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5005 } else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005006 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005007 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5008 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005009 S += '0';
5010 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011
5012 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005013 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5014 S += ']';
5015 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005016 return;
5017 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005018
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005019 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005020 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005021 return;
5022 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005023
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005024 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005025 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005026 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005027 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5028 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5029 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005030 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5031 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5032 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
5033 std::string TemplateArgsStr
5034 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005035 TemplateArgs.data(),
5036 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005037 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005038
5039 S += TemplateArgsStr;
5040 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005041 } else {
5042 S += '?';
5043 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005044 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005045 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005046 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5047 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5048 } else {
5049 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5050 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5051 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5052 if (FD) {
5053 S += '"';
5054 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5055 S += '"';
5056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005058 // Special case bit-fields.
5059 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5060 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005061 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005062 } else {
5063 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5064 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5065 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5066 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5067 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5068 /*StructField*/true);
5069 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005070 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005071 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005072 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005073 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005074 return;
5075 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005076
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005077 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005078 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005079 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005080 else
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005081 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005082 return;
5083 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005084
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005085 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005086 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005087 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
5088 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5089
5090 S += '<';
5091 // Block return type
5092 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5093 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5094 FD,
5095 false /* OutermostType */,
5096 EncodingProperty,
5097 false /* StructField */,
5098 EncodeBlockParameters,
5099 EncodeClassNames);
5100 // Block self
5101 S += "@?";
5102 // Block parameters
5103 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5104 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5105 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5106 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5107 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5108 ExpandStructures,
5109 FD,
5110 false /* OutermostType */,
5111 EncodingProperty,
5112 false /* StructField */,
5113 EncodeBlockParameters,
5114 EncodeClassNames);
5115 }
5116 }
5117 S += '>';
5118 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005119 return;
5120 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005121
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005122 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5123 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
5124 T = OT->getBaseType();
5125
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005126 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005127 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005128 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005129 S += '{';
5130 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5131 S += II->getName();
5132 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005133 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005134 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5135 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005136 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005137 if (Field->isBitField())
5138 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005139 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005140 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005141 }
5142 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005143 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005144 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005145
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005146 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005147 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5148 S += '@';
5149 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005150 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005151
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005152 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5153 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5154 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5155 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005156 S += '#';
5157 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005158 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005159
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005160 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005161 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005162 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5163 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005164 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005165 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5166 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005167 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005168 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5169 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005170 S += '<';
5171 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5172 S += '>';
5173 }
5174 S += '"';
5175 }
5176 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005177 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005178
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005179 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5180 if (!EncodingProperty &&
5181 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
5182 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005183 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005184 // {...};
5185 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005186 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5187 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005188 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005189 return;
5190 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005191
5192 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005193 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5194 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005195 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005196 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005197 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5198 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005199 S += '<';
5200 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5201 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005202 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005203 S += '"';
5204 }
5205 return;
5206 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005207
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005208 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
5209 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
5210 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5211 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005212
5213 if (T->isVectorType()) {
5214 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5215 // insufficient.
5216 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5217 return;
5218 }
5219
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005220 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005221}
5222
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005223void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5224 std::string &S,
5225 const FieldDecl *FD,
5226 bool includeVBases) const {
5227 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5228 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5229 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5230 return;
5231
5232 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5233 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5234 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5235
5236 if (CXXRec) {
5237 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5238 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5239 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5240 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5241 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005242 if (base->isEmpty())
5243 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005244 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005245 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5246 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5247 }
5248 }
5249 }
5250
5251 unsigned i = 0;
5252 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5253 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5254 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5255 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5256 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005257 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005258 }
5259
5260 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5261 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5262 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5263 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5264 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005265 if (base->isEmpty())
5266 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005267 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005268 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5269 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5270 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005271 }
5272 }
5273
5274 CharUnits size;
5275 if (CXXRec) {
5276 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5277 } else {
5278 size = layout.getSize();
5279 }
5280
5281 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5282 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5283 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5284
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005285 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5286 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005287 if (FD) {
5288 S += "\"_vptr$";
5289 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5290 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5291 S += recname;
5292 S += '"';
5293 }
5294 S += "^^?";
5295 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5296 }
5297
5298 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5299 // Mark the end of the structure.
5300 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5301 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5302 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5303 }
5304
5305 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5306 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5307
5308 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5309 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5310 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5311 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5312 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5313 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5314 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5315 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5316 // longer then though.
5317 CurOffs += padding;
5318 }
5319
5320 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5321 if (dcl == 0)
5322 break; // reached end of structure.
5323
5324 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5325 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5326 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5327 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5328 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5329 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005330 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5331 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005332 } else {
5333 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5334 if (FD) {
5335 S += '"';
5336 S += field->getNameAsString();
5337 S += '"';
5338 }
5339
5340 if (field->isBitField()) {
5341 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005342 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005343 } else {
5344 QualType qt = field->getType();
5345 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5346 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5347 /*OutermostType*/false,
5348 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5349 /*StructField*/true);
5350 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5351 }
5352 }
5353 }
5354}
5355
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005356void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005357 std::string& S) const {
5358 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5359 S += 'n';
5360 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5361 S += 'N';
5362 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5363 S += 'o';
5364 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5365 S += 'O';
5366 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5367 S += 'R';
5368 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5369 S += 'V';
5370}
5371
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005372TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5373 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5374 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5375 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5376 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5377 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5378 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5379 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5380 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5381 }
5382
5383 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005384}
5385
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005386TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5387 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5388 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5389 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5390 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5391 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5392 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5393 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5394 }
5395 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005396}
5397
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005398TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5399 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5400 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5401 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5402 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5403 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5404 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5405 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5406 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5407 }
5408
5409 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005410}
5411
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005412ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5413 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5414 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5415 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5416 SourceLocation(),
5417 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5418 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5419 SourceLocation(), true);
5420 }
5421
5422 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5423}
5424
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005425//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5426// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5427//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5428
5429static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5430 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5431 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5432 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5433 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5434
5435 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5436 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5437 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5438 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5439 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5440 TInfo);
5441 return VaListTypeDecl;
5442}
5443
5444static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5445 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5446 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5447 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5448 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5449
5450 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5451 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5452 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5453 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5454 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5455 TInfo);
5456 return VaListTypeDecl;
5457}
5458
5459static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5460 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5461 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5462
5463 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5464 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5465 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5466 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5467
5468 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5469 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5470 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5471
5472 // unsigned char gpr;
5473 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5474 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5475
5476 // unsigned char fpr;
5477 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5478 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5479
5480 // unsigned short reserved;
5481 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5482 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5483
5484 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5485 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5486 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5487
5488 // void* reg_save_area;
5489 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5490 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5491
5492 // Create fields
5493 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5494 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5495 SourceLocation(),
5496 SourceLocation(),
5497 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5498 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5499 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5500 /*Mutable=*/false,
5501 ICIS_NoInit);
5502 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5503 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5504 }
5505 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5506 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005507 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005508
5509 // } __va_list_tag;
5510 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5511 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5512 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5513 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5514 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5515 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5516 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5517 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5518
5519 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5520 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5521 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5522 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5523 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5524 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5525 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5526 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5527 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5528 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5529 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5530 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5531 TInfo);
5532
5533 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5534}
5535
5536static TypedefDecl *
5537CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5538 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5539 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5540 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5541 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5542 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5543 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5544
5545 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5546 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5547 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5548
5549 // unsigned gp_offset;
5550 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5551 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5552
5553 // unsigned fp_offset;
5554 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5555 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5556
5557 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5558 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5559 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5560
5561 // void* reg_save_area;
5562 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5563 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5564
5565 // Create fields
5566 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5567 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5568 VaListTagDecl,
5569 SourceLocation(),
5570 SourceLocation(),
5571 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5572 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5573 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5574 /*Mutable=*/false,
5575 ICIS_NoInit);
5576 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5577 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5578 }
5579 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5580 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005581 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005582
5583 // } __va_list_tag;
5584 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5585 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5586 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5587 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5588 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5589 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5590 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5591 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5592
5593 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5594 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5595 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5596 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5597 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5599 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5600 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5601 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5602 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5603 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5604 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5605 TInfo);
5606
5607 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5608}
5609
5610static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5611 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5612 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5613 QualType IntArrayType
5614 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5615 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5616 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5617 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5618 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5619 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5620 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5621 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5622
5623 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5624}
5625
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005626static TypedefDecl *
5627CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5628 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5629 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5630 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5631 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5632 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5633 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5634 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5635 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5636 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5637
5638 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5639 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5640 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5641 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5642
5643 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5644
5645 } else {
5646 // struct __va_list {
5647 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5648 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5649 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5650 }
5651
5652 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5653
5654 // void * __ap;
5655 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5656 VaListDecl,
5657 SourceLocation(),
5658 SourceLocation(),
5659 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5660 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5661 /*TInfo=*/0,
5662 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5663 /*Mutable=*/false,
5664 ICIS_NoInit);
5665 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5666 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5667
5668 // };
5669 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5670
5671 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5672 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5673 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5674
5675 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5676 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5677 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5678 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5679 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5680 TInfo);
5681
5682 return VaListTypeDecl;
5683}
5684
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005685static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5686 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5687 switch (Kind) {
5688 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5689 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5690 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5691 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5692 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5693 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5694 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5695 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5696 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5697 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005698 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5699 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005700 }
5701
5702 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5703}
5704
5705TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5706 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5707 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5708
5709 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5710}
5711
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005712QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5713 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5714 // declaration.
5715 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5716 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5717
5718 return VaListTagTy;
5719}
5720
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005721void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005722 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005723 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005724
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005725 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005726}
5727
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005728/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5729/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005730TemplateName
5731ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
5732 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005733 unsigned size = End - Begin;
5734 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
5735
5736 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
5737 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
5738 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
5739
5740 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00005741 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005742 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5743 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
5744 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
5745 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
5746 *Storage++ = D;
5747 }
5748
5749 return TemplateName(OT);
5750}
5751
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005752/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
5753/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005754TemplateName
5755ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5756 bool TemplateKeyword,
5757 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00005758 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
5759
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005760 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005761 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5762 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
5763
5764 void *InsertPos = 0;
5765 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
5766 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5767 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005768 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
5769 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005770 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5771 }
5772
5773 return TemplateName(QTN);
5774}
5775
5776/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5777/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005778TemplateName
5779ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5780 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005781 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00005782 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005783
5784 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5785 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5786
5787 void *InsertPos = 0;
5788 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5789 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5790
5791 if (QTN)
5792 return TemplateName(QTN);
5793
5794 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5795 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005796 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
5797 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005798 } else {
5799 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005800 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
5801 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005802 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
5803 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5804 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
5805 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005806 }
5807
5808 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5809 return TemplateName(QTN);
5810}
5811
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005812/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5813/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
5814TemplateName
5815ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005816 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005817 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
5818 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
5819
5820 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5821 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
5822
5823 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005824 DependentTemplateName *QTN
5825 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005826
5827 if (QTN)
5828 return TemplateName(QTN);
5829
5830 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5831 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005832 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
5833 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005834 } else {
5835 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005836 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
5837 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005838
5839 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
5840 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5841 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
5842 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00005843 }
5844
5845 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5846 return TemplateName(QTN);
5847}
5848
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005849TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005850ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
5851 TemplateName replacement) const {
5852 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5853 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
5854
5855 void *insertPos = 0;
5856 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
5857 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
5858
5859 if (!subst) {
5860 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
5861 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
5862 }
5863
5864 return TemplateName(subst);
5865}
5866
5867TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005868ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5869 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
5870 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
5871 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5872 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
5873
5874 void *InsertPos = 0;
5875 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
5876 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5877
5878 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00005879 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00005880 ArgPack.pack_size(),
5881 ArgPack.pack_begin());
5882 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
5883 }
5884
5885 return TemplateName(Subst);
5886}
5887
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005888/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00005889/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
5890/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005891CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005892 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00005893 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005894 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
5895 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
5896 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
5897 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
5898 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
5899 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
5900 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
5901 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
5902 }
5903
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00005904 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00005905}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00005906
5907//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5908// Type Predicates.
5909//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5910
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005911/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
5912/// garbage collection attribute.
5913///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005914Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005915 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005916 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
5917
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005918 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00005919 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
5920
5921 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
5922 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
5923 // as __strong.
5924 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
5925 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
5926 return Qualifiers::Strong;
5927 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
5928 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
5929 } else {
5930 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
5931 // pointer.
5932#ifndef NDEBUG
5933 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
5934 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
5935 CT = AT->getElementType();
5936 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
5937#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005938 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00005939 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00005940}
5941
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005942//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5943// Type Compatibility Testing
5944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00005945
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005946/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005947/// compatible.
5948static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
5949 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00005950 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005951 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005952 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005953}
5954
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005955bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
5956 QualType SecondVec) {
5957 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
5958 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
5959
5960 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
5961 return true;
5962
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005963 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
5964 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005965 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
5966 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005967 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005968 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00005969 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5970 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
5971 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
5972 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005973 return true;
5974
5975 return false;
5976}
5977
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005978//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5979// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
5980//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5981
5982/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
5983/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005984bool
5985ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
5986 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00005987 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005988 return true;
5989 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
5990 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
5991 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
5992 return true;
5993 return false;
5994}
5995
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00005996/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005997/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
5998/// otherwise.
5999bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6000 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6001 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6002 return false;
6003}
6004
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006005/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6006/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006007bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6008 QualType rhs) {
6009 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6010 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6011 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6012
6013 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6014 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6015 bool match = false;
6016 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6017 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6018 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6019 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6020 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6021 match = true;
6022 break;
6023 }
6024 }
6025 if (!match)
6026 return false;
6027 }
6028 return true;
6029}
6030
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006031/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6032/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6033bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6034 bool compare) {
6035 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006036 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006037 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6038 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006039 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006040 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6041 return true;
6042
6043 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006044 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006045
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006046 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006047
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006048 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006049 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006050 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6051 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6052 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6053 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6054 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6055 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6056 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006057 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006058 return false;
6059 }
6060 }
6061 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6062 return true;
6063 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006064 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006065 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6066 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6067 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6068 bool match = false;
6069
6070 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6071 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6072 // through its super class and categories.
6073 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6074 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6075 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6076 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6077 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6078 match = true;
6079 break;
6080 }
6081 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006082 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006083 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6084 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6085 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6086 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6087 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6088 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6089 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006090 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006091 match = true;
6092 break;
6093 }
6094 }
6095 }
6096 if (!match)
6097 return false;
6098 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006099
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006100 return true;
6101 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006102
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006103 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6104 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6105
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006106 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006107 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006108 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006109 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6110 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6111 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6112 bool match = false;
6113
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006114 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006115 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6116 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006117 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6118 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006119 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6120 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6121 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6122 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6123 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6124 match = true;
6125 break;
6126 }
6127 }
6128 if (!match)
6129 return false;
6130 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006131
6132 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6133 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6134 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6135 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6136 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6137 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6138 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6139 // assume that it is mismatch.
6140 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6141 return false;
6142 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6143 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6144 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6145 bool match = false;
6146 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6147 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6148 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6149 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6150 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6151 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6152 match = true;
6153 break;
6154 }
6155 }
6156 if (!match)
6157 return false;
6158 }
6159 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006160 return true;
6161 }
6162 return false;
6163}
6164
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006165/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006166/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6167/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6168///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006169bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6170 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006171 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6172 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6173
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006174 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006175 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6176 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006177 return true;
6178
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006179 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006180 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6181 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006182 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006183
6184 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6185 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6186 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6187
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006188 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6189 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006190 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006191
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006192 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006193}
6194
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006195/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006196/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006197/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6198/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6199/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6200bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6201 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006202 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6203 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006204 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006205 return true;
6206
6207 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6208 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6209 }
6210
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006211 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006212 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6213 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6214 false);
6215
6216 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6217 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6218 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6219 if (LHS != RHS) {
6220 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006221 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006222 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006223 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006224 }
6225 else
6226 return true;
6227 }
6228 return false;
6229}
6230
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006231/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6232/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6233/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6234/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6235static
6236void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6237 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6238 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006239 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006240
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006241 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6242 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6243 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6244 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006245
6246 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6247 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6248 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6249 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6250 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006251 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006252 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6253 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006254 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6255 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6256 }
6257
6258 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6259 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006260 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6261 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006262 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6263 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6264 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006265 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006266 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006267 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6268 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006269 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6270 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6271 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6272 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6273 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006274 }
6275}
6276
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006277/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6278/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6279/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6280/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6281QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006282 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6283 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6284 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6285 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6286 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6287 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor0b144e12011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006288 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006289 return QualType();
6290
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006291 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006292 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006293 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006294 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006295 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6296
6297 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6298 if (!Protocols.empty())
6299 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6300 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6301 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006302 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006303 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006304
6305 return QualType();
6306}
6307
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006308bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6309 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6310 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6311 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6312
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006313 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6314 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006315 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006316 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006317
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006318 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6319 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006320 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006321 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006322
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006323 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6324 // more detailed analysis is required.
6325 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6326 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6327 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6328 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006329 bool IsSuperClass =
6330 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6331 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006332 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6333 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6334 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6335 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6336 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006337 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006338 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6339 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6340 return false;
6341
6342 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6343 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6344 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6345 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6346 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6347
6348 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6349 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6350 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6351 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6352 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6353 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6354 break;
6355 }
6356 }
6357 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6358 return false;
6359 }
6360 return true;
6361 }
6362 return false;
6363 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006364
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006365 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6366 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006367 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6368 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6369
6370 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6371 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006372 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6373 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006374 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6375 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006376 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006377 break;
6378 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006379 }
6380 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6381 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6382 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006383 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006384 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6385 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006386}
6387
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006388bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6389 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006390 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6391 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006392
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006393 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006394 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006395
6396 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6397 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006398}
6399
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006400bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6401 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6402 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6403 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6404}
6405
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006406/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006407/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006408/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006409/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006410bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6411 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006413 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6414
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006415 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006416}
6417
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006418bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006419 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006420}
6421
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006422bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6423 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6424}
6425
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006426/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6427/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6428/// QualType()
6429QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6430 bool OfBlockPointer,
6431 bool Unqualified) {
6432 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6433 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6434 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6435 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6436 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006437 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006438 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6439 if (!MT.isNull())
6440 return MT;
6441 }
6442 }
6443 }
6444
6445 return QualType();
6446}
6447
6448/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6449/// argument types
6450QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6451 bool OfBlockPointer,
6452 bool Unqualified) {
6453 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6454 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6455 // type is compatible with a union member
6456 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6457 Unqualified);
6458 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6459 return lmerge;
6460
6461 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6462 Unqualified);
6463 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6464 return rmerge;
6465
6466 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6467}
6468
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006469QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006470 bool OfBlockPointer,
6471 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006472 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6473 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006474 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6475 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006476 bool allLTypes = true;
6477 bool allRTypes = true;
6478
6479 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006480 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006481 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6482 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6483 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6484 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6485 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6486 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006487 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006488 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006489 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006490 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6491 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006492 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006493
6494 if (Unqualified)
6495 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6496
6497 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6498 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6499 if (Unqualified) {
6500 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6501 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6502 }
6503
6504 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006505 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006506 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006507 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006508
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006509 // FIXME: double check this
6510 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6511 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6512 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006513 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6514 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006515
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006516 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006517 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006518 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006519
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006520 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006521 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6522 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006523 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6524 return QualType();
6525
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006526 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6527 return QualType();
6528
Fariborz Jahanian48c69102011-10-05 00:05:34 +00006529 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not.
6530 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
6531 allLTypes = false;
6532 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
6533 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006534 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6535 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006536
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006537 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006538
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006539 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006540 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6541 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006542 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6543 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6544
6545 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6546 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6547 return QualType();
6548
6549 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6550 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6551 return QualType();
6552
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006553 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6554 return QualType();
6555
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006556 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6557 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6558 return QualType();
6559
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006560 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006561 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006562 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6563 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6564 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006565 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6566 OfBlockPointer,
6567 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006568 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006569
6570 if (Unqualified)
6571 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6572
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006573 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006574 if (Unqualified) {
6575 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6576 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6577 }
6578
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006579 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6580 allLTypes = false;
6581 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6582 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006583 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006584
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006585 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6586 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006587
6588 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6589 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
6590 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006591 }
6592
6593 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6594 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6595
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006596 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006597 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006598 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006599 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6600 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6601 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6602 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6603 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6604 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6605 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6606 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6607 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006608
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006609 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006610 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006611 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6612 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6613 if (argTy.isNull())
6614 return QualType();
6615 }
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006616
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006617 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6618 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6619 return QualType();
6620 }
6621
6622 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6623 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006624
6625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6626 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006627 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006628 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006629 }
6630
6631 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6632 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006633 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006634}
6635
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006636QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006637 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006638 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006639 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6640 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6641 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006642 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6643 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006644 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6645 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006646
6647 if (Unqualified) {
6648 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6649 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6650 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006651
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006652 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6653 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6654
6655 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6656 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6657 return LHS;
6658
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006659 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006660 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6661 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006662 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6663 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6664 // mismatch.
6665 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006666 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6667 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006668 return QualType();
6669
6670 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6671 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6672 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6673 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6674 // qualified __strong.
6675 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6676 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6677 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6678
6679 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6680 return QualType();
6681
6682 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6683 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6684 }
6685 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6686 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6687 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006688 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006689 }
6690
6691 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006692
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006693 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6694 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006695
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006696 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6697 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6698 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6699 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006700
6701 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006702 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6703 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6704 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6705 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006706
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006707 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
6708 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6709 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6710
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00006711 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
6712 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
6713 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006714
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006715 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006716 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006717 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006718 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00006719 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6720 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006721 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianadfe9052012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006722 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6723 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006724 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006725 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006726 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianadfe9052012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006727 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6728 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006729 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006730 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006731 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00006732 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
6733 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
6734 return LHS;
6735 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
6736 return RHS;
6737 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006738
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006739 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006740 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006741
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00006742 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006743 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006744#define TYPE(Class, Base)
6745#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00006746#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006747#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6748#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6749#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006750 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006751
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006752 case Type::LValueReference:
6753 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006754 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006755 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006756
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006757 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006758 case Type::IncompleteArray:
6759 case Type::VariableArray:
6760 case Type::FunctionProto:
6761 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006762 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006763
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006764 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006765 {
6766 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006767 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6768 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006769 if (Unqualified) {
6770 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6771 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6772 }
6773 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
6774 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006775 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006776 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006777 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006778 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006779 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006780 return getPointerType(ResultType);
6781 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006782 case Type::BlockPointer:
6783 {
6784 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006785 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6786 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006787 if (Unqualified) {
6788 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6789 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6790 }
6791 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
6792 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006793 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6794 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6795 return LHS;
6796 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6797 return RHS;
6798 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
6799 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00006800 case Type::Atomic:
6801 {
6802 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
6803 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6804 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
6805 if (Unqualified) {
6806 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6807 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
6808 }
6809 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
6810 Unqualified);
6811 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6812 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6813 return LHS;
6814 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6815 return RHS;
6816 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
6817 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006818 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006819 {
6820 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
6821 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
6822 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
6823 return QualType();
6824
6825 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
6826 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006827 if (Unqualified) {
6828 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6829 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
6830 }
6831
6832 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006833 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006834 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6835 return LHS;
6836 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6837 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006838 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
6839 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
6840 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
6841 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006842 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
6843 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006844 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6845 return LHS;
6846 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6847 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006848 if (LVAT) {
6849 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6850 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
6851 // has to be different.
6852 return LHS;
6853 }
6854 if (RVAT) {
6855 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
6856 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
6857 // has to be different.
6858 return RHS;
6859 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00006860 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
6861 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00006862 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
6863 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006864 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006865 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006866 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006867 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006868 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006869 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006870 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006871 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006872 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00006873 case Type::Complex:
6874 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
6875 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00006876 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006877 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00006878 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
6879 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006880 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006881 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006882 case Type::ObjCObject: {
6883 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00006884 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
6885 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006886 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6887 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
6888 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00006889 return LHS;
6890
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006891 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00006892 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006893 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006894 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6895 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6896 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006897 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6898 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006899 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006900 return QualType();
6901 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006902 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6903 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006904 return LHS;
6905
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00006906 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006907 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006908 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006909
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00006910 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006911}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00006912
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006913bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
6914 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
6915 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
6916 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
6917 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
6918 return false;
6919 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
6920 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6921 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
6922 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
6923 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
6924 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
6925 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
6926 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
6927 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
6928 return false;
6929 }
6930 return true;
6931}
6932
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006933/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
6934/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
6935/// return types.
6936QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6937 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6938 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6939 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6940 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6941 return LHS;
6942 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
6943 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
6944 return QualType();
6945 QualType OldReturnType =
6946 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6947 QualType NewReturnType =
6948 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
6949 QualType ResReturnType =
6950 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
6951 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
6952 return QualType();
6953 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
6954 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
6955 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
6956 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
6957 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006958 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6959 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006960 QualType ResultType
6961 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006962 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00006963 return ResultType;
6964 }
6965 }
6966 return QualType();
6967 }
6968
6969 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
6970 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6971 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6972 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6973 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
6974 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
6975 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
6976 return QualType();
6977
6978 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6979 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6980 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6981 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6982 // qualified __strong.
6983 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6984 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6985 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6986
6987 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6988 return QualType();
6989
6990 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
6991 return LHS;
6992 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
6993 return RHS;
6994 return QualType();
6995 }
6996
6997 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6998 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6999 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7000 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7001 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7002 return LHS;
7003 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7004 return RHS;
7005 }
7006 return QualType();
7007}
7008
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007009//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007010// Integer Predicates
7011//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007012
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007013unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007014 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007015 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007016 if (T->isBooleanType())
7017 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007018 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007019 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7020}
7021
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007022QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007023 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007024
7025 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7026 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7027 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007028 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007029
7030 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7031 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007032 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007033
7034 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7035 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007036 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7037 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7038 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7039 return UnsignedCharTy;
7040 case BuiltinType::Short:
7041 return UnsignedShortTy;
7042 case BuiltinType::Int:
7043 return UnsignedIntTy;
7044 case BuiltinType::Long:
7045 return UnsignedLongTy;
7046 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7047 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007048 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7049 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007050 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007051 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007052 }
7053}
7054
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007055ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7056
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007057
7058//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7059// Builtin Type Computation
7060//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7061
7062/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007063/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7064/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7065/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7066/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007067///
7068/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7069/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007070static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007071 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007072 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007073 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007074 // Modifiers.
7075 int HowLong = 0;
7076 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007077 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007078
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007079 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007080 bool Done = false;
7081 while (!Done) {
7082 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007083 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007084 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007085 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007086 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007087 case 'S':
7088 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7089 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7090 Signed = true;
7091 break;
7092 case 'U':
7093 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7094 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7095 Unsigned = true;
7096 break;
7097 case 'L':
7098 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7099 ++HowLong;
7100 break;
7101 }
7102 }
7103
7104 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007105
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007106 // Read the base type.
7107 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007108 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007109 case 'v':
7110 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7111 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7112 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7113 break;
7114 case 'f':
7115 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7116 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7117 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7118 break;
7119 case 'd':
7120 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7121 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7122 if (HowLong)
7123 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7124 else
7125 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7126 break;
7127 case 's':
7128 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7129 if (Unsigned)
7130 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7131 else
7132 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7133 break;
7134 case 'i':
7135 if (HowLong == 3)
7136 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7137 else if (HowLong == 2)
7138 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7139 else if (HowLong == 1)
7140 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7141 else
7142 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7143 break;
7144 case 'c':
7145 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7146 if (Signed)
7147 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7148 else if (Unsigned)
7149 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7150 else
7151 Type = Context.CharTy;
7152 break;
7153 case 'b': // boolean
7154 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7155 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7156 break;
7157 case 'z': // size_t.
7158 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7159 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7160 break;
7161 case 'F':
7162 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7163 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007164 case 'G':
7165 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7166 break;
7167 case 'H':
7168 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7169 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007170 case 'a':
7171 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7172 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7173 break;
7174 case 'A':
7175 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7176 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7177 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7178 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7179 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7180 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7181 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7182 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7183 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7184 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007185 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007186 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007187 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007188 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007189 break;
7190 case 'V': {
7191 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007192 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7193 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007194 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007195
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007196 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7197 RequiresICE, false);
7198 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007199
7200 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007201 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007202 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007203 break;
7204 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007205 case 'E': {
7206 char *End;
7207
7208 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7209 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7210
7211 Str = End;
7212
7213 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7214 false);
7215 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7216 break;
7217 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007218 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007219 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7220 false);
7221 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007222 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7223 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007224 }
7225 case 'Y' : {
7226 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7227 break;
7228 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007229 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007230 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7231 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007232 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007233 return QualType();
7234 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007235 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007236 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007237 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007238 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007239 else
7240 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7241
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007242 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007243 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007244 return QualType();
7245 }
7246 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007247 case 'K':
7248 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7249 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7250
7251 if (Type.isNull()) {
7252 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7253 return QualType();
7254 }
7255 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007256 case 'p':
7257 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7258 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007259 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007260
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007261 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7262 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007263 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007264 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007265 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7266 case '*':
7267 case '&': {
7268 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7269 // qualified with an address space.
7270 char *End;
7271 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7272 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7273 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7274 Str = End;
7275 }
7276 if (c == '*')
7277 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7278 else
7279 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7280 break;
7281 }
7282 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7283 case 'C':
7284 Type = Type.withConst();
7285 break;
7286 case 'D':
7287 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7288 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007289 case 'R':
7290 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7291 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007292 }
7293 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007294
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007295 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007296 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007297
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007298 return Type;
7299}
7300
7301/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007302QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007303 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007304 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007305 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007306
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007307 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007308
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007309 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007310 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007311 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7312 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007313 if (Error != GE_None)
7314 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007315
7316 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7317
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007318 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007319 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007320 if (Error != GE_None)
7321 return QualType();
7322
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007323 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7324 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7325 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7326 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7327
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007328 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7329 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7330 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007331
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007332 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7333 }
7334
7335 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7336 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7337
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007338 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7339 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7340
7341 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7342
7343 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7344 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7345 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007346
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007347 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007348 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7349 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007350
7351 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007352}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007353
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007354GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7355 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7356
7357 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007358 switch (L) {
7359 case NoLinkage:
7360 case InternalLinkage:
7361 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7362 return GVA_Internal;
7363
7364 case ExternalLinkage:
7365 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7366 case TSK_Undeclared:
7367 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7368 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7369 break;
7370
7371 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7372 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7373
7374 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7375 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7376 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7377 break;
7378 }
7379 }
7380
7381 if (!FD->isInlined())
7382 return External;
7383
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007384 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007385 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7386 // externally visible.
7387 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7388 return External;
7389
7390 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7391 return GVA_C99Inline;
7392 }
7393
7394 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7395 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7396 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7397 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7398 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7399 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7400 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7401 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7402 return GVA_C99Inline;
7403
7404 return GVA_CXXInline;
7405}
7406
7407GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7408 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7409 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7410 // template.
7411 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7412 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7413 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7414
7415 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007416 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007417 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
7418 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
7419
7420 switch (L) {
7421 case NoLinkage:
7422 case InternalLinkage:
7423 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7424 return GVA_Internal;
7425
7426 case ExternalLinkage:
7427 switch (TSK) {
7428 case TSK_Undeclared:
7429 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7430 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7431
7432 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7433 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7434 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7435
7436 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7437 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7438
7439 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7440 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7441 }
7442 }
7443
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007444 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007445}
7446
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007447bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007448 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7449 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7450 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa98e8612011-09-13 21:35:00 +00007451 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007452 return false;
7453
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007454 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7455 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7456 return false;
7457
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007458 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7459 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7460 return true;
7461
7462 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7463 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007464 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007465 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007466
7467 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7468 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7469 return true;
7470
7471 // The key function for a class is required.
7472 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7473 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7474 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7475 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
7476 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7477 return true;
7478 }
7479 }
7480
7481 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7482
7483 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7484 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7485 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7486 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev79de4d42012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007487 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007488 return false;
7489 return true;
7490 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007491
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007492 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7493 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7494
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007495 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7496 return false;
7497
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007498 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007499 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007500 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7501 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007502
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007503 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7504 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7505 return true;
7506
7507 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7508 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7509 return true;
7510
7511 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007512}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007513
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007514CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007515 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007516 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7517}
7518
7519CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
7520 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft)
7521 return CC_Default;
7522 return CC;
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007523}
7524
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007525bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007526 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7527 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7528}
7529
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007530MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00007531 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) {
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007532 case CXXABI_ARM:
7533 case CXXABI_Itanium:
7534 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7535 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
7536 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7537 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007538 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007539}
7540
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007541CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007542
7543size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007544 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7545 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7546 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7547 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7548 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7549 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7550 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7551 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7552 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7553 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7554 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7555 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007556 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007557 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007558}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007559
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007560void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7561 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7562 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7563 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7564 return;
7565
7566 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7567 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7568 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7569}
7570
7571int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7572 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7573 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7574 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7575}
7576
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007577unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7578 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7579 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7580 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7581}
7582
7583
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007584void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7585 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7586}
7587
7588unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7589 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7590 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7591 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7592 return I->second;
7593}